artresearch.com.au

Showing 158,397 records of 158,397 total. We are displaying one thousand.

First | Previous | Record 41,551 – 42,550 of 158,397 | Next | Last

Clifton Louisa (print after)view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Clifton Louisa (print after)

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Chan Hookam furniture makerview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Chan Hookam furniture maker

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Hamblin Joseph furniture makerview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Hamblin Joseph furniture maker

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Heppingstone Robert furniture makerview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Heppingstone Robert furniture maker

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Browne Thomas wc 1863view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Browne Thomas wc 1863

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Henderson Edmund wc 1862view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Henderson Edmund wc 1862

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

DuCane Edmund wc 1854view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

DuCane Edmund wc 1854

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Sanford W A print afterview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Sanford W A print after

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Goczel Stephen print afterview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Goczel Stephen print after

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Addis George Richard jewellerview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Addis George Richard jeweller

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Linton James W R wc 1926view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Linton James W R wc 1926

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Prinsep Henry wc c1880view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Prinsep Henry wc c1880

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Webb A B printsview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Webb A B prints

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Morison George Pitt printview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Morison George Pitt print

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

O’Connor Kathleen fabric printview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

O’Connor Kathleen fabric print

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

O’Connor Kathleen oil c1928view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

O’Connor Kathleen oil c1928

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Chauncey Philip ‘Aborigines’ 1852view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Chauncey Philip ‘Aborigines’ 1852

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Duryea Sanford photographerview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Duryea Sanford photographer

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Fuller Florence oilview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Fuller Florence oil

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Barker John oil ‘Sorrowing Mother’ c1916view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Barker John oil ‘Sorrowing Mother’ c1916

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Peele Jamesview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Peele James

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

van Raalte Henriview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

van Raalte Henri

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Darbyshire Beatriceview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Darbyshire Beatrice

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Linton James W R oil c1910view full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Linton James W R oil c1910

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Ewing Guglielmoview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Ewing Guglielmo

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Russell Edmund Nview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Russell Edmund N

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Trethowan Edithview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Trethowan Edith

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Samson Horaceview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Samson Horace

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Campbell Johnview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Campbell John

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

d’Herbois Rene Collotview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

d’Herbois Rene Collot

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Angelo Edward Foxview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Angelo Edward Fox

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Benson William Bview full entry

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.
Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

×

Benson William B

Reference: see Out of the West - Western Australian Art 1830s to 1930s, by Anne Gray (published to accompany exhibition titled ‘Out of the West - Art of Western Australia from the National Collection’). Art in Western Australia has always been independent of the art made elsewhere in Australia. The isolation of Perth and surrounding areas, particularly in the 19th century, ensured that its art would be distinctive. When early explorers and settlers arrived, they were mesmerized by the light, heat, long horizons, and vast expanses, which motivated them to create idyllic imagery of the Australian landscape. By the end of the 19th century, a professional art scene had begun to develop, with exhibitions, teachers, and art schools. This book illustrates drawings, prints, and paintings, as well as fine furniture and metalwork from explorers and settlers' early years in Western Australia.

Publishing details: NGA, 2011, pb, 53pp

Location:

Close

Glover John sketches c1835view full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Glover John sketches c1835

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Frankland George engraving c1827view full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Frankland George engraving c1827

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Fraser Peter Gordon wc 1846view full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Fraser Peter Gordon wc 1846

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Simpkinson Francis Guillemard various watercolours c1840sview full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Simpkinson Francis Guillemard various watercolours c1840s

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Ricochet Paulview full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Ricochet Paul

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Allport Mary Mortonview full entry

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]
Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

×

Allport Mary Morton

Reference: see Prout John Skinner & Morton Allport - First views of Lake St. Clair : John Skinner Prout (1845) & Morton Allport (1863) by Tony Brown & Gillian Winter. [Includes bibliographical references (p. 152) and index.]

Publishing details: Pear Tree Press, 2011, hc, dw, ix, 157 pp. : col. ill., col. maps, ports. Edition limited to 500 of which this is no. 197, signed by both authors.

Location:

Close

Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975view full entry

Reference: Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975

Reference: Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location: 0

Close

Tasmanian artview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Tasmanian art

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Allport Lily works illustrated p106-7view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Allport Lily works illustrated p106-7

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Anderson Tom works illustrated p151-5view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Anderson Tom works illustrated p151-5

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Angus Max works illustrated p85-90view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Angus Max works illustrated p85-90

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Bastyan Edric works illustrated p150view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Bastyan Edric works illustrated p150

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Bock Thomas works illustrated p12view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Bock Thomas works illustrated p12

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Boyd Arthur Merric works illustrated p41view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Boyd Arthur Merric works illustrated p41

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Bradford Dorothy works illustrated p114-5 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Bradford Dorothy works illustrated p114-5 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Brooker Eileen works illustrated p116view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Brooker Eileen works illustrated p116

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Buckie Harry works illustrated p242-57 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Buckie Harry works illustrated p242-57 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Burrows Jocelyn works illustrated p103view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Burrows Jocelyn works illustrated p103

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Campbell Robert works illustrated p79view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Campbell Robert works illustrated p79

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Smith Carington Jack works illustrated p74-8view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Smith Carington Jack works illustrated p74-8

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Chandler Margaret works illustrated p117view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Chandler Margaret works illustrated p117

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Connor Joseph works illustrated p50-55, 58view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Connor Joseph works illustrated p50-55, 58

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Corrigan Mabel works illustrated p111view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Corrigan Mabel works illustrated p111

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Cox Roy works illustrated p126-8view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Cox Roy works illustrated p126-8

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Crow Eileen works illustrated p72view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Crow Eileen works illustrated p72

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Dechaineux Lucien works illustrated p98-101view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Dechaineux Lucien works illustrated p98-101

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Dennis Telfer works illustrated p161view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Dennis Telfer works illustrated p161

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Diston J Swinton works illustrated p38-9view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Diston J Swinton works illustrated p38-9

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Duterrau Benjamin works illustrated p13view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Duterrau Benjamin works illustrated p13

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Duterrau Benjamin works illustrated p13view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Duterrau Benjamin works illustrated p13

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Eldershaw John works illustrated p60-66 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Eldershaw John works illustrated p60-66 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Fehlberg Tasman works illustrated p113view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Fehlberg Tasman works illustrated p113

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Fleury A T works illustrated p15view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Fleury A T works illustrated p15

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Francombe Nell works illustrated p258-265 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Francombe Nell works illustrated p258-265 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Fuller Stanley works illustrated p105view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Fuller Stanley works illustrated p105

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Gamble Blair works illustrated p123view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Gamble Blair works illustrated p123

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Giles Patricia works illustrated p129-37view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Giles Patricia works illustrated p129-37

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Greig Lilian Ella works illustrated p71 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Greig Lilian Ella works illustrated p71 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Greig Mary works illustrated p14 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Greig Mary works illustrated p14 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Harrex David works illustrated p120-1view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Harrex David works illustrated p120-1

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Heath June works illustrated p93view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Heath June works illustrated p93

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Holmes Edith works illustrated p68-9view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Holmes Edith works illustrated p68-9

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Hookey Mabel works illustrated p24-31view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Hookey Mabel works illustrated p24-31

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Hope Margaret works illustrated p20-1view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Hope Margaret works illustrated p20-1

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Ife Mary works illustrated p210 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Ife Mary works illustrated p210 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Isherwood Richard works illustrated p97 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Isherwood Richard works illustrated p97 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Keeble Phyllis works illustrated p118view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Keeble Phyllis works illustrated p118

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Kelly Harry works illustrated p112view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Kelly Harry works illustrated p112

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Lloyd Frederick James works illustrated p266-73 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Lloyd Frederick James works illustrated p266-73 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Low Helen works illustrated p160view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Low Helen works illustrated p160

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Mace Edward works illustrated p213 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Mace Edward works illustrated p213 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Martin Rosalind works illustrated p159view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Martin Rosalind works illustrated p159

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

McCulloch Rosamond works illustrated p124-5view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

McCulloch Rosamond works illustrated p124-5

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

McNeil Keith works illustrated p70view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

McNeil Keith works illustrated p70

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Montgomery Robert works illustrated p18view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Montgomery Robert works illustrated p18

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Murphy Blanche works illustrated p32-4view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Murphy Blanche works illustrated p32-4

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Nichol Keith works illustrated p81view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Nichol Keith works illustrated p81

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Oldham Isabel works illustrated p23view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Oldham Isabel works illustrated p23

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Petersen Marie Bjelke works illustrated p274-83 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Petersen Marie Bjelke works illustrated p274-83 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Petterd William Frederick works illustrated p216 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Petterd William Frederick works illustrated p216 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Reynolds Alfred works illustrated p283-9 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Reynolds Alfred works illustrated p283-9 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Rivers R Godfrey works illustrated p16 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Rivers R Godfrey works illustrated p16 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Roberts Tom works illustrated p17, 44view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Roberts Tom works illustrated p17, 44

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Robinson Charles H works illustrated p102 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Robinson Charles H works illustrated p102 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Rollings H B works illustrated p36-7view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Rollings H B works illustrated p36-7

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Rowntree Fern works illustrated p290-95, 297-307 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Rowntree Fern works illustrated p290-95, 297-307 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Salter James works illustrated p308-11 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Salter James works illustrated p308-11 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Spong Jean works illustrated p104view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Spong Jean works illustrated p104

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Steffani Arturo works illustrated p35 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Steffani Arturo works illustrated p35 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Stephens Betty works illustrated p119view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Stephens Betty works illustrated p119

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Stonehouse Mildred works illustrated p226 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Stonehouse Mildred works illustrated p226 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Stoner Dorothy works illustrated p94-6view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Stoner Dorothy works illustrated p94-6

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Stucley-Boden Richard works illustrated p158 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Stucley-Boden Richard works illustrated p158 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Swan Louisa works illustrated p22view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Swan Louisa works illustrated p22

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Tebbitt Henri works illustrated p40view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Tebbitt Henri works illustrated p40

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Turner Alan works illustrated p157view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Turner Alan works illustrated p157

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Tyson Geoff works illustrated p138-43 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Tyson Geoff works illustrated p138-43 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Unwin Ernest works illustrated p312-17 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Unwin Ernest works illustrated p312-17 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Vaughan Elspeth works illustrated p144-9view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Vaughan Elspeth works illustrated p144-9

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Vimpany Violet works illustrated p92view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Vimpany Violet works illustrated p92

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Waller Tim works illustrated p122view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Waller Tim works illustrated p122

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Waugh Hal works illustrated p42-3view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Waugh Hal works illustrated p42-3

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Webb Viv works illustrated p108-9view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Webb Viv works illustrated p108-9

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

White Lawrence works illustrated p110view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

White Lawrence works illustrated p110

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Whitesides Vera works illustrated p229-40 + biographyview full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Whitesides Vera works illustrated p229-40 + biography

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Wiggins Emmeline works illustrated p24view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Wiggins Emmeline works illustrated p24

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Wiggins William works illustrated p19view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Wiggins William works illustrated p19

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Woods Tony works illustrated p156view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Woods Tony works illustrated p156

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Connor Joseph (extensive biography and catalogue raisonne)view full entry

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]
Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

×

Connor Joseph (extensive biography and catalogue raisonne)

Reference: see Fifty Years of Painting in Tasmania 1925-1975 by Don & Maggie Row. Biographical details provided on many of the 80 artists listed [Publicity note: A scholarly work providing the first comprehensive analysis of the development of Tasmanian painting from 1925 to 1975. 200 full-page colour reproductions offer the reader a visual feast’.]

Publishing details: Forty Degrees South, 2010, Hardback, dw, 336 pages. limited edition of 1000.

Location:

Close

Halpern Deborahview full entry

Reference: Creatures from the Studio. Includes introduction, artist’s cv, exhibition invite.
Publishing details: Mossgreen Gallery, 2013, pb, 36pp,
Ref: 220

×

Halpern Deborah

Reference: Creatures from the Studio. Includes introduction, artist’s cv, exhibition invite.

Publishing details: Mossgreen Gallery, 2013, pb, 36pp,

Location: 220

Close

Heffernan Edward Bview full entry

Reference: The Linocuts of Edward B. Heffernan, researched and written by Maree Heffernan
Publishing details: Jester Press, 1982, 80pp, in slip case, edition of 125,
Ref: 1000

×

Heffernan Edward B

Reference: The Linocuts of Edward B. Heffernan, researched and written by Maree Heffernan

Publishing details: Jester Press, 1982, 80pp, in slip case, edition of 125,

Location: 1000

Close

Fauchery-Daintree Collection 1858view full entry

Reference: see Sun Pictures of Victoria - Aboriginal and goldrush images (the Fauchery-Daintree Collection 1858). Australian photography.
Publishing details: Curry O’Neil, 1983, hc, dw, 143pp

×

Fauchery-Daintree Collection 1858

Reference: see Sun Pictures of Victoria - Aboriginal and goldrush images (the Fauchery-Daintree Collection 1858). Australian photography.

Publishing details: Curry O’Neil, 1983, hc, dw, 143pp

Location:

Close

Conder Charles ‘The Wreck’ 1889view full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 7 with essay

×

Conder Charles ‘The Wreck’ 1889

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 7 with essay

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Badham Herbert ‘Travellers’ 1933view full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 13 with essay

×

Badham Herbert ‘Travellers’ 1933

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 13 with essay

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Rowe George ‘Deep Gully Mine, near Bendigo’ c 1857view full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 44 with essay on Rowe and goldfields

×

Rowe George ‘Deep Gully Mine, near Bendigo’ c 1857

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 44 with essay on Rowe and goldfields

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Thake Eric set of 35 Christmas cardsview full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 46 with essay but not individually listed

×

Thake Eric set of 35 Christmas cards

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 46 with essay but not individually listed

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Meere Charles ‘Diamonds are a gir’s best friend’ 1959view full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 46 with short essay

×

Meere Charles ‘Diamonds are a gir’s best friend’ 1959

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 46 with short essay

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Baines Thomas ‘Gorge... Depot Creek’ c1856view full entry

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 67 with short essay

×

Baines Thomas ‘Gorge... Depot Creek’ c1856

Reference: see Bonham’s, Collection of Reg Grundy, 26 June, 2013, Sydney, lot 67 with short essay

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Young Johnview full entry

Reference: John Young Selected Works MCMLXXXIX at Chameleon Contemporary Artspace - a travelling exhibition. cataloguw with 7 illustrations, Biography.
Publishing details: Chameleon Contemporary Artspace, 1989, pb, 16pp, edition limited to 500
Ref: 220

×

Young John

Reference: John Young Selected Works MCMLXXXIX at Chameleon Contemporary Artspace - a travelling exhibition. cataloguw with 7 illustrations, Biography.

Publishing details: Chameleon Contemporary Artspace, 1989, pb, 16pp, edition limited to 500

Location: 220

Close

Insequenceview full entry

Reference: Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp
Ref: 220

×

Insequence

Reference: Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location: 220

Close

Croft Christopher view full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Croft Christopher

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Maddock Beaview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Maddock Bea

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Marshall Jenniferview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Marshall Jennifer

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Moncrieff Gregview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Moncrieff Greg

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Moynihan Dannyview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Moynihan Danny

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Nedelkopoulos Nicholasview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Nedelkopoulos Nicholas

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Neeson Johnview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Neeson John

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

Walker Johnview full entry

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work
Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

×

Walker John

Reference: see Insequence - Tasmanian School of Art Gallery exhibition catalogue. 8 contemporary artists with a single work each - brief essays on each work

Publishing details: Tsmanian School of Art Gallery , 1985, pb, 16pp

Location:

Close

3 x 15view full entry

Reference: 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp
Ref: 220

×

3 x 15

Reference: 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location: 220

Close

Briant Ireneview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Briant Irene

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Cattoni Victoriaview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Cattoni Victoria

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Everaerts Jorisview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Everaerts Joris

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Gilmore Gregview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Gilmore Greg

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Gottschalk Anjepiaview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Gottschalk Anjepia

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Holliday Philipview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Holliday Philip

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Jowett Deborahview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Jowett Deborah

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Kelly Seanview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Kelly Sean

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Lewis Robinview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Lewis Robin

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Malm Wayneview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Malm Wayne

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Miller Paulview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Miller Paul

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

O’Malley Terryview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

O’Malley Terry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Wright Helenview full entry

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988
Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

×

Wright Helen

Reference: see 3 x 15 - exhibition of works restricted to 15 x 15 x 15 inches. Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988

Publishing details: Chameleon Gallery, Hobart, 1988, 20pp

Location:

Close

Camera Obscuraview full entry

Reference: Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.
Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp
Ref: 220

×

Camera Obscura

Reference: Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.

Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp

Location: 220

Close

Holliday Philipview full entry

Reference: see Camera Obscura - Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.
Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp

×

Holliday Philip

Reference: see Camera Obscura - Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.

Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp

Location:

Close

Watkins Philipview full entry

Reference: see Camera Obscura - Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.
Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp

×

Watkins Philip

Reference: see Camera Obscura - Deakin University Gallery exhibition catalogue. Essay bu Ashley Crawford on Philip Holliday and by Edward Colless on Philip Watlins. Curated by Ben Curnow.

Publishing details: Deakin University Gallery,1992, pb, 20pp

Location:

Close

Beyond Sacredview full entry

Reference: Beyond Sacred recent paintings from Australia's remote Aboriginal communities the collection of Colin and Elizabeth Laverty
Laverty, Colin (ed) [Paintings from remote Aboriginal communities, selected from the collection of Colin and Elizabeth Laverty from, known as one of the most significant collections of Aboriginal art in Australia; various contributors including Judith Ryan, Howard Morphy, Emily Rohr, Tony Oliver, and many more; hundreds of colour plates throughout]. [To be indexed]
Publishing details: Hardie Grant Books, Melbourne, 2008. hardbound. profusely illustrated, hc, Dustwrapper. 352pp. large 4to.

×

Beyond Sacred

Reference: Beyond Sacred recent paintings from Australia's remote Aboriginal communities the collection of Colin and Elizabeth Laverty
Laverty, Colin (ed) [Paintings from remote Aboriginal communities, selected from the collection of Colin and Elizabeth Laverty from, known as one of the most significant collections of Aboriginal art in Australia; various contributors including Judith Ryan, Howard Morphy, Emily Rohr, Tony Oliver, and many more; hundreds of colour plates throughout]. [To be indexed]

Publishing details: Hardie Grant Books, Melbourne, 2008. hardbound. profusely illustrated, hc, Dustwrapper. 352pp. large 4to.

Location: 0

Close

Peter Elliott Collection of Australian Artview full entry

Reference: Peter Elliott Collection of Australian Art ,by Gavin Fry. Includes bibliography. 172 works listed and fully described. May be biographical informatiuon in descriptions. [Dr Peter Elliott AM is a remarkable Australian. One of a dynasty of medical professionals, Peter is a highly decorated and honoured specialist in the field of Gynaecology and Obstetrics. But it is as a collector of art that Peter Elliott is best known, with a passion and lifelong obsession as a patron, mentor and confidante to generations of Australian artists and art dealers. He learned about art in his parent's home, building on their interest and knowledge and passing that enthusiasm on to further generations of the Elliott clan. He has been generous in making his vast collection available to a wider audience and, in his declining years, has made provision to ensure it is available for the benefit of the wider Australian community. His collection contains many masterpieces of Australian art, as well as fascinating sub-collections, ranging from Pacific and Melanesian tribal art, to European antiques, sculpture and contemporary Australian Aboriginal art of the highest quality. This publication brings into focus an extraordinary collection of art and the exceptional individual who brought it together.’]
Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2013, dw, 188pp

×

Peter Elliott Collection of Australian Art

Reference: Peter Elliott Collection of Australian Art ,by Gavin Fry. Includes bibliography. 172 works listed and fully described. May be biographical informatiuon in descriptions. [Dr Peter Elliott AM is a remarkable Australian. One of a dynasty of medical professionals, Peter is a highly decorated and honoured specialist in the field of Gynaecology and Obstetrics. But it is as a collector of art that Peter Elliott is best known, with a passion and lifelong obsession as a patron, mentor and confidante to generations of Australian artists and art dealers. He learned about art in his parent's home, building on their interest and knowledge and passing that enthusiasm on to further generations of the Elliott clan. He has been generous in making his vast collection available to a wider audience and, in his declining years, has made provision to ensure it is available for the benefit of the wider Australian community. His collection contains many masterpieces of Australian art, as well as fascinating sub-collections, ranging from Pacific and Melanesian tribal art, to European antiques, sculpture and contemporary Australian Aboriginal art of the highest quality. This publication brings into focus an extraordinary collection of art and the exceptional individual who brought it together.’]

Publishing details: Beagle Press, 2013, dw, 188pp

Location: 0

Close

20th century Australian photographersview full entry

Reference: 20th century Australian photographers: the Richard King collection
Publishing details: King Pick Farm, Australia, 2002, extremely limited edition, tipped in photographs
Ref: 1000

×

20th century Australian photographers

Reference: 20th century Australian photographers: the Richard King collection

Publishing details: King Pick Farm, Australia, 2002, extremely limited edition, tipped in photographs

Location: 1000

Close

Dupain Maxview full entry

Reference: Max Dupain by Jill White
Publishing details: Richard King, edition limited to 110 copies
Ref: 1000

×

Dupain Max

Reference: Max Dupain by Jill White

Publishing details: Richard King, edition limited to 110 copies

Location: 1000

Close

Morris George Jview full entry

Reference: George J Morris was a sculptor as well as photographer. Exhibitions of his work were held at Richard King’s Print Room in Sydney. Two sculptures are in the Richard King Collection: ‘St George and the Dragon’ (circular bronze) and a relief image of a yopung woman in the Symbolist style.

×

Morris George J

Reference: George J Morris was a sculptor as well as photographer. Exhibitions of his work were held at Richard King’s Print Room in Sydney. Two sculptures are in the Richard King Collection: ‘St George and the Dragon’ (circular bronze) and a relief image of a yopung woman in the Symbolist style.

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Dunnett Frank view full entry

Reference: Illumination c1868 in TMAG (made to be mounted in windows and lit from behind with lamps and candles)

×

Dunnett Frank

Reference: Illumination c1868 in TMAG (made to be mounted in windows and lit from behind with lamps and candles)

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

illuminations (19th century)view full entry

Reference: see Dunnett Frank - Illumination c1868 in TMAG (made to be mounted in windows and lit from behind with lamps and candles)

×

illuminations (19th century)

Reference: see Dunnett Frank - Illumination c1868 in TMAG (made to be mounted in windows and lit from behind with lamps and candles)

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Henderson Turnerview full entry

Reference: see ‘The trading ketch Huon Pine’ oil painting by Turner Henderson in TMAG

×

Henderson Turner

Reference: see ‘The trading ketch Huon Pine’ oil painting by Turner Henderson in TMAG

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Spencer R Bview full entry

Reference: see ‘The schooner Hally Bayley, oil painting by R B Spencer n in TMAG

×

Spencer R B

Reference: see ‘The schooner Hally Bayley, oil painting by R B Spencer n in TMAG

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Fyte S Hview full entry

Reference: see oil painting, maritime subject, in Tasmanian Maritime Museum, Hobart. (Two-masted steam ship).

×

Fyte S H

Reference: see oil painting, maritime subject, in Tasmanian Maritime Museum, Hobart. (Two-masted steam ship).

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Fenton G C working 1860sview full entry

Reference: see Menzies Auction 27 June, 2013, lot 75 - G.C. FENTON working 1860s
Black Emily, c1860
oil on canvas
signed lower left: G C FENTON
40.0 x 34.5 cm
Notes: Related Work: Black Emily, South Australia, c1860 -1896,Collection National Library of Australia, Canberra
Provenance: Private collection, Adelaide|Private collection, New South Wales|

×

Fenton G C working 1860s

Reference: see Menzies Auction 27 June, 2013, lot 75 - G.C. FENTON working 1860s
Black Emily, c1860
oil on canvas
signed lower left: G C FENTON
40.0 x 34.5 cm
Notes: Related Work: Black Emily, South Australia, c1860 -1896,Collection National Library of Australia, Canberra
Provenance: Private collection, Adelaide|Private collection, New South Wales|

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Sargison Harold F 1886-1983view full entry

Reference: see John Cordy auction NZ June 2013 - A silver Arts and Crafts spoon by Harold F. Sargison (1886-1983), Tasmania, Australia, the open work finial as a stylised gum nut, square section handles with twisted centre, hammered finish to the shovel form bowl, impressed marks, c.1930. Length 135.

×

Sargison Harold F 1886-1983

Reference: see John Cordy auction NZ June 2013 - A silver Arts and Crafts spoon by Harold F. Sargison (1886-1983), Tasmania, Australia, the open work finial as a stylised gum nut, square section handles with twisted centre, hammered finish to the shovel form bowl, impressed marks, c.1930. Length 135.

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Every Picture Tells a Storyview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Every Picture Tells a Story

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location: 0

Close

Marika Wandjukview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Marika Wandjuk

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Duterrau Benjamin Mr Robinson’s first interview with Timmyview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Duterrau Benjamin Mr Robinson’s first interview with Timmy

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Law Benjamin Trucaninny 1836view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Law Benjamin Trucaninny 1836

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Solomon Aberaham ‘Second Class - the parting’ [emigration]view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Solomon Aberaham ‘Second Class - the parting’ [emigration]

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Wolseley Johnview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Wolseley John

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Micky of Ulladullaview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Micky of Ulladulla

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Gill S T goldmining sceneview full entry

Reference: see Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Gill S T goldmining scene

Reference: see Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Kelly William ‘Still Life: Eureka Flag, 1981’view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Kelly William ‘Still Life: Eureka Flag, 1981’

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Strutt William sketch for Black Thursday bushfires view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Strutt William sketch for Black Thursday bushfires

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Williams Fred ‘Burnt landscape’ [bushfire painting]view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Williams Fred ‘Burnt landscape’ [bushfire painting]

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Nicolson Noel ‘Flash Flood 1992’ lithographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Nicolson Noel ‘Flash Flood 1992’ lithograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Chevalier Nicholas 1828-1902 Burke and Wills engravingview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Chevalier Nicholas 1828-1902 Burke and Wills engraving

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Lambert George ‘Weighing the Fleece’ 1921 [shearing]view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Lambert George ‘Weighing the Fleece’ 1921 [shearing]

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Carter Jeff Sydney sheep show photographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Carter Jeff Sydney sheep show photograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Roberts Tom ‘Allegro con brio’view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Roberts Tom ‘Allegro con brio’

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Rees Lloyd etchingview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Rees Lloyd etching

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Rees Lloyd Sydney Harbour etchingview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Rees Lloyd Sydney Harbour etching

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Nolan Sidney ‘The Trial’ 1947 [Kelly]view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Nolan Sidney ‘The Trial’ 1947 [Kelly]

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Byrne Sam ‘Rabbit plague’ c1962view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Byrne Sam ‘Rabbit plague’ c1962

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Byrne Sam ‘Rabbit plague’ c1962view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Byrne Sam ‘Rabbit plague’ c1962

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Gill S T ‘Wool drays’ lithographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Gill S T ‘Wool drays’ lithograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Lindt J W ‘bullock dray’ photographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Lindt J W ‘bullock dray’ photograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Beckett Clarice view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Beckett Clarice

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Roberts Tom ‘Opening of Parliament’ photogravureview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Roberts Tom ‘Opening of Parliament’ photogravure

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Silk George 1916-2004 ‘Blinded Soldier’ photograph 1942view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Silk George 1916-2004 ‘Blinded Soldier’ photograph 1942

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Nolan Sidney ‘Head of a soldier’ 1942view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Nolan Sidney ‘Head of a soldier’ 1942

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Senbergs Jan ‘Antarctic night’ 1989view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Senbergs Jan ‘Antarctic night’ 1989

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Senbergs Jan ‘Antarctic night’ 1989view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Senbergs Jan ‘Antarctic night’ 1989

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Elliott Fred W (1928- ) lithograph 1997view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Elliott Fred W (1928- ) lithograph 1997

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Drysdale Russell 1912-1981 ‘Rabbiter and his family’ 1938view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Drysdale Russell 1912-1981 ‘Rabbiter and his family’ 1938

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Thake Eric ‘Opera House in every home’ linocut 1972view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Thake Eric ‘Opera House in every home’ linocut 1972

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Senbergs Jan ‘’Port Liardet’ etchingview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Senbergs Jan ‘’Port Liardet’ etching

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Moore David ‘Newcastle steelworks’ photograph 1963view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Moore David ‘Newcastle steelworks’ photograph 1963

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Arkley Howard ‘House and garden’ 1988view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Arkley Howard ‘House and garden’ 1988

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Brack John ‘Segment of a suburb’ 1961 pen & inkview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Brack John ‘Segment of a suburb’ 1961 pen & ink

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Spowers Ethel ‘Football’ linocut 1936view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Spowers Ethel ‘Football’ linocut 1936

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Sellheim Gert 1901-1970 ‘Australia Surf Club’ poster c1936view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Sellheim Gert 1901-1970 ‘Australia Surf Club’ poster c1936

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Dupain Max ‘Sunbaker’ 1937 photographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Dupain Max ‘Sunbaker’ 1937 photograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Moore David ‘Migrants arriving in Sydney’ photograph 1966view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Moore David ‘Migrants arriving in Sydney’ photograph 1966

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Dickerson Robert ‘Migrants in Fitzroy, 1990view full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Dickerson Robert ‘Migrants in Fitzroy, 1990

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Robinson William ‘Creation landscape’ 1991 lithographview full entry

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]
Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

×

Robinson William ‘Creation landscape’ 1991 lithograph

Reference: Every Picture Tells a Story by
John Ross with Anna Booth [Episodes in Australian history as seen through the eyes of artists, ‘Throughout Australia's history, the big events and the big themes of our national story have always been the subject of artistic interpretation. Every Picture Tells a Story was conceived as a project with the National Gallery of Australia the concept was to bring Australia's history alive to children through the NGA's collection. Grand iconic images sit beside prints, drawings and photographs, many of them with contemporary themes. Of course there is Ned Kelly and the first Australians but we also include nature through bushfires, rabbit plagues, the wild new creatures and of course wool. Social movements and consequences are also explored - the gold rush, shearers strikes, the great depression and life in the suburbs. Sport, politics, the built environment and music all get a run. Through the use of ???Did you know???? panels and lots of links, Every Picture Tells a Story is designed to entertain and excite the imaginations of all young Australians.’]

Publishing details: Craftsman House, 2009 (reprint, first published 2008), pb, 64pp

Location:

Close

Australian Children’s book illustrationview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Australian Children’s book illustration

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Stackpool Walterview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Stackpool Walter

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Hole Quentinview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Hole Quentin

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Roughsey Dickview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Roughsey Dick

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Low Josephview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Low Joseph

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Pownell Eveview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Pownell Eve

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Cowell Judyview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Cowell Judy

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Maltby Pegview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Maltby Peg

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Rawlins Donnaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Rawlins Donna

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Outhwaite Ida Rentoulview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Outhwaite Ida Rentoul

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Gibbs Mayview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Gibbs May

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

O’Harris Pixieview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

O’Harris Pixie

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Wall Dorothyview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Wall Dorothy

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Durack Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Durack Elizabeth

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Walsh Amandaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Walsh Amanda

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Hook Geoffview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Hook Geoff

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Ingpen Robertview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Ingpen Robert

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Greenhatch Bettyview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Greenhatch Betty

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Generowicz Witoldview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Generowicz Witold

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Pavey Peterview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Pavey Peter

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

NilandKilmeny and Deborahview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

NilandKilmeny and Deborah

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Lacis Astraview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Lacis Astra

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Roennfeldt Robertview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Roennfeldt Robert

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Mullins Patriciaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Mullins Patricia

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Young Noellaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Young Noella

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Shimin Symeonview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Shimin Symeon

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Todd Justinview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Todd Justin

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Harvey Rolandview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Harvey Roland

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Evans E 1884view full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Evans E 1884

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Cole E Wview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Cole E W

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Lindsay Normanview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Lindsay Norman

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Lindsay Percyview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Lindsay Percy

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Cunningham Walterview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Cunningham Walter

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Bancks Jamesview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Bancks James

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Hackett Elsie M 1945view full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Hackett Elsie M 1945

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

MacIntyre Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

MacIntyre Elizabeth

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Senior Margaretview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Senior Margaret

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Hudson Harryview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Hudson Harry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Horder Margaretview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Horder Margaret

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Herbert Galinaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Herbert Galina

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Melrose Genevieveview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Melrose Genevieve

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Greenwood Tedview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Greenwood Ted

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Perceval John illustratorview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Perceval John illustrator

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Macarthur-Onslow Annetteview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Macarthur-Onslow Annette

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Brooks Ronview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Brooks Ron

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Way Markview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Way Mark

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Crabtree Judithview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Crabtree Judith

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Philip Leeview full entry

Reference: The family of Philip Lee has provided an extensive biography on him. This is filed in the Scheding Library
Publishing details: 2013
Ref: 131

×

Philip Lee

Reference: The family of Philip Lee has provided an extensive biography on him. This is filed in the Scheding Library

Publishing details: 2013

Location: 131

Close

Honey Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Honey Elizabeth

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Vivas Julieview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Vivas Julie

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Sibley Irenaview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Sibley Irena

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Baker Jeannieview full entry

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.
Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

×

Baker Jeannie

Reference: see Dromkeen - A journey ionto Children’s literature, by Jeffrey Prentice & Bettina Bird. Profiles and showcases the work of 79 of Australia's most notable illustrators, past and present. From Ida Rentoul Outhwaite's ethereal fairies to Jeannie Baker's vibrant, textured landscapes, this superbly produced volume makes an important contribution to the history of Australian children's book illustration.

Publishing details: J. M. Dent, 1987, hc, dw, 175pp with index

Location:

Close

Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books
view full entry

Reference: Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’] to be indexed fully
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback - pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books

Reference: Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’] to be indexed fully

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback - pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location: 0

Close

Dinkum Dunniesview full entry

Reference: Dinkum Dunnies by Douglass Baglin and Barbara Mullins
Publishing details: Landsdowne Press, Sydney, Australia, 1982. Hard Cover. Reprint. Unpaginated. Fully illustrated with colour and black and white photographs, and humourous captions.

×

Dinkum Dunnies

Reference: Dinkum Dunnies by Douglass Baglin and Barbara Mullins

Publishing details: Landsdowne Press, Sydney, Australia, 1982. Hard Cover. Reprint. Unpaginated. Fully illustrated with colour and black and white photographs, and humourous captions.

Location: 0

Close

Illustrated Treasury of Australian Humourview full entry

Reference: Illustrated Treasury of Australian Humour
Michael Sharkey. Numerous illustrations by Australian cartoonists and illustrators. [to be indexed]
Publishing details: Oxford University Press Australia, Melbourne, VIC, Australia, 1988. Hard Cover. dust , 310pp

×

Illustrated Treasury of Australian Humour

Reference: Illustrated Treasury of Australian Humour
Michael Sharkey. Numerous illustrations by Australian cartoonists and illustrators. [to be indexed]

Publishing details: Oxford University Press Australia, Melbourne, VIC, Australia, 1988. Hard Cover. dust , 310pp

Location: 0

Close

Field Stanleyview full entry

Reference: Learn to Paint Water Colour in four easy lessons by Stanley Field A.R.C.A.
Publishing details: William Brooks & Co, 1981, pb, 100pp

×

Field Stanley

Reference: Learn to Paint Water Colour in four easy lessons by Stanley Field A.R.C.A.

Publishing details: William Brooks & Co, 1981, pb, 100pp

Location: 0

Close

Brown Phyllis view full entry

Reference: Lettering Charts for Students and Artists by Phyllis Brown
Publishing details: Angus & Robertson, 1963 reprint, pb, spiral bound, np

×

Brown Phyllis

Reference: Lettering Charts for Students and Artists by Phyllis Brown

Publishing details: Angus & Robertson, 1963 reprint, pb, spiral bound, np

Location: 0

Close

Milnes Cview full entry

Reference: The New Lone Pine of ABC Showcard and Ticketwriting by C. Milnes
Publishing details: Lone Pine (?), nd, hc (boards), 78pp

×

Milnes C

Reference: The New Lone Pine of ABC Showcard and Ticketwriting by C. Milnes

Publishing details: Lone Pine (?), nd, hc (boards), 78pp

Location: 0

Close

Allen Pamelaview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Allen Pamela

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Argent Kerryview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Argent Kerry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Axelsen Stephenview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Axelsen Stephen

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Baker Jeannieview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Baker Jeannie

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Base Graemeview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Base Graeme

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Brooks Ronview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Brooks Ron

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Johnson A J c1896view full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Johnson A J c1896

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Macarthur-Onslow Annetteview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Macarthur-Onslow Annette

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Horder Margaretview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Horder Margaret

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Digby Desmondview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Digby Desmond

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Cunningham Walterview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Cunningham Walter

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Durack Mary & Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Durack Mary & Elizabeth

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Gibbs Mayview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Gibbs May

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Graham Bobview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Graham Bob

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Greenwood Tedview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Greenwood Ted

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Harvey Rolandview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Harvey Roland

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Hole Quentinview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Hole Quentin

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Honey Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Honey Elizabeth

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Honey Elizabethview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Honey Elizabeth

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Ingpen Robertview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Ingpen Robert

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Lacis Astraview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Lacis Astra

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Laroche Sandraview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Laroche Sandra

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Lester Alisonview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Lester Alison

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Lindsay Normanview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Lindsay Norman

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Lindsay Normanview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Lindsay Norman

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Horner Arthurview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Horner Arthur

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

McLean Andrewview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

McLean Andrew

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Maltby Pegview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Maltby Peg

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Meredith Louisa Anneview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Meredith Louisa Anne

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Milton Maryview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Milton Mary

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Morimoto Junkoview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Morimoto Junko

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Niland Deborah and Kilmenyview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Niland Deborah and Kilmeny

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

O’Harris Pixieview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

O’Harris Pixie

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Omerod Janview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Omerod Jan

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Oliver Tonyview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Oliver Tony

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Outhwaite Ida Rentoulview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Outhwaite Ida Rentoul

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Pavey Peterview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Pavey Peter

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Paterson Estherview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Paterson Esther

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Paterson Bettyview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Paterson Betty

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Pavey Peterview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Pavey Peter

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Rawlins Donnaview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Rawlins Donna

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Rees Leslieview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Rees Leslie

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Roughsey Dickview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Roughsey Dick

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Senior Margaretview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Senior Margaret

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Smith Craigview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Smith Craig

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Stackpool Walterview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Stackpool Walter

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Tanner Janeview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Tanner Jane

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Treloar Bruceview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Treloar Bruce

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Vivas Julieview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Vivas Julie

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Wall Dorothyview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Wall Dorothy

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Woodberry Joanview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Woodberry Joan

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Young Noellaview full entry

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]
Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

×

Young Noella

Reference: see Authors & Illustrators of Australian Children`s Books by McVitty,Walter. Includes biographies and/or artist statements of the illustrators. [’This book is the most comprehensive and easy-to-use guide available on Australian writers and illustrators of children's books from the first to the contemporary. Arranged in alphabetical order - with an index of book titles as cross-reference. It is an invaluable reference to the collector of children's books.’]

Publishing details: Hodder & Stoughton 1990, large paperback -
pp. 262, b/w plates & illus. t/out, biblio., index of Titles, contents

Location:

Close

Seehusen Walterview full entry

Reference: There were 3 good examples of Seehusen’s works at Joel’s auction 17.6.2013

×

Seehusen Walter

Reference: There were 3 good examples of Seehusen’s works at Joel’s auction 17.6.2013

Publishing details:

Location:

Close

Stanhope Forbes and the Newlyn Schoolview full entry

Reference: Stanhope Forbes and the Newlyn School by Carolyn Fox
Publishing details: David & Charles, 1997 reprint, pb, 96pp

×

Stanhope Forbes and the Newlyn School

Reference: Stanhope Forbes and the Newlyn School by Carolyn Fox

Publishing details: David & Charles, 1997 reprint, pb, 96pp

Location: 0

Close

European Paintings Before Eighteen Hundredview full entry

Reference: European Paintings Before Eighteen Hundred, National Gallery of Victoria publication
Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria, 1961, pb, 52pp with index

×

European Paintings Before Eighteen Hundred

Reference: European Paintings Before Eighteen Hundred, National Gallery of Victoria publication

Publishing details: National Gallery of Victoria, 1961, pb, 52pp with index

Location: 0

Close

de Groen Geoffreyview full entry

Reference: Signs Of Time One Painting In One Hundred Parts By Geoffrey De Groen. By Patrick Corbally Stourton and Paul McGillick. Subtitled ‘One Painting, One Hundred Parts, Oil, Synthetic Pigment, On Acid Free Paper, Installation Variable.’. [De Groen began painting this series in 1978-88 and finished them in 2000 when he was living at Teralga]

Publishing details: Corbally Stourton., Syd., 2001, hc, dw, Large format, 132pp. Fully illust Throughout With Coloured & B/W Plates.

×

de Groen Geoffrey

Reference: Signs Of Time One Painting In One Hundred Parts By Geoffrey De Groen. By Patrick Corbally Stourton and Paul McGillick. Subtitled ‘One Painting, One Hundred Parts, Oil, Synthetic Pigment, On Acid Free Paper, Installation Variable.’. [De Groen began painting this series in 1978-88 and finished them in 2000 when he was living at Teralga]

Publishing details: Corbally Stourton., Syd., 2001, hc, dw, Large format, 132pp. Fully illust Throughout With Coloured & B/W Plates.

Location: 0

Close

Artist’s Lunch The
view full entry

Reference: The Artist's Lunch - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Artist’s Lunch The

Reference: The Artist's Lunch - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location: 0

Close

Olley Margaretview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Olley Margaret

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Sciberras Lukeview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Sciberras Luke

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Storrier Timview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Storrier Tim

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Napangardi Dorothyview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Napangardi Dorothy

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Benjamin Jasonview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Benjamin Jason

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Wolfhagen Philipview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Wolfhagen Philip

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Olsen Johnview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Olsen John

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Maguire Timview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Maguire Tim

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close

Smart Jeffreyview full entry

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

×

Smart Jeffrey

Reference: see Artist's Lunch The - At home with Australia's most celebrated artists, by Alice McCormick and photography by Sarah Rhodes. ["Dine with photographer Sarah Rhodes and writer Alice McCormick as they journey into the homes of Australia's most pre-eminent artists and unearth captivating stories of their lives and work. Over lunch, and in their own words, artists from John Olsen to Dorothy Napangardi, Nell to Tim Storrier, begin by discussing how food influences their work and then go on to reveal their unique personalities, beliefs, histories and habitats, as well as the processes and philosophies behind their art-making."]

Publishing details: Murdoch Books, 2008. Sm. 4to., hc, dw. 234pp.. Profusely illustrated in both colour & b/w.

Location:

Close